<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Al7215</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Al7215"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Al7215"/>
	<updated>2026-05-15T15:40:32Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733104</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733104"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:57:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.311&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.333&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.293&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.291&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.291&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.297-299&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions which follows Polanyi rules and leads to a reactive trajectory. The conditions involve having a high HF momentum (i.e. high vibrational energy) and a relatively low momentum for the approaching H atom (i.e. low translational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733092</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733092"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:55:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.293&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.291&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.291&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.297-299&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions which follows Polanyi rules and leads to a reactive trajectory. The conditions involve having a high HF momentum (i.e. high vibrational energy) and a relatively low momentum for the approaching H atom (i.e. low translational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733088</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733088"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:54:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.291&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.291&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.297-299&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions which follows Polanyi rules and leads to a reactive trajectory. The conditions involve having a high HF momentum (i.e. high vibrational energy) and a relatively low momentum for the approaching H atom (i.e. low translational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733083</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733083"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:53:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.291&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.297-299&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions which follows Polanyi rules and leads to a reactive trajectory. The conditions involve having a high HF momentum (i.e. high vibrational energy) and a relatively low momentum for the approaching H atom (i.e. low translational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733080</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733080"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:53:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989, p.297-299&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions which follows Polanyi rules and leads to a reactive trajectory. The conditions involve having a high HF momentum (i.e. high vibrational energy) and a relatively low momentum for the approaching H atom (i.e. low translational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733069</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733069"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:52:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* erer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions which follows Polanyi rules and leads to a reactive trajectory. The conditions involve having a high HF momentum (i.e. high vibrational energy) and a relatively low momentum for the approaching H atom (i.e. low translational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733068</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733068"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:52:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* erer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===erer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting the &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions which follows Polanyi rules and leads to a reactive trajectory. The conditions involve having a high HF momentum (i.e. high vibrational energy) and a relatively low momentum for the approaching H atom (i.e. low translational energy). &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733034</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=733034"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:48:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* erer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===erer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state. Thus, according to Polanyi rules, a higher vibrational rather than translational energy would be more effective in surmounting this &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier. This plot supports the empirical rules as although the approaching H atom has a high translational energy, because of the low vibration energy of HF, the barrier ultimately could not be surmounted and this led to an unreactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows an ideal set of conditions that lea &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732979</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732979"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:42:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* erer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===erer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Since H + HF is the reverse reaction of , it is endothermic and has a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732946</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732946"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:37:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* erer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===erer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pHH%3D-0.7,pHF%3D2).png&amp;diff=732944</id>
		<title>File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-0.7,pHF=2).png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pHH%3D-0.7,pHF%3D2).png&amp;diff=732944"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:37:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pHH%3D-3.0,pHF%3D0.1).png&amp;diff=732942</id>
		<title>File:Al7215 Contour plot (pHH=-3.0,pHF=0.1).png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pHH%3D-3.0,pHF%3D0.1).png&amp;diff=732942"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:36:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732935</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732935"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:36:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===erer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732929</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732929"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:35:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for H + HF reverse reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732825</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732825"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:21:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The initial conditions of this plot is similar to plot 3, just with the momentum of Fluorine atom slightly increased. The system now possesses sufficient reactant translational energy to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732795</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732795"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:14:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule, which starts off with rapid r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; motion, eventually slams into the inner repulsive potential surface wall and bounce back into the entrance channel.   &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the first two sets of initial conditions, the momentum of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is now greatly reduced (i.e. H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; only has a small vibrational energy). The plot thus shows that the reactant translational energy is unable to surmount the barrier, leading to an unreactive trajectory. This is in agreement with Polanyi rules as translational energy is most effective for a reaction with an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state, and not having enough translational energy will ultimately lead to an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ghghg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732734</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732734"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:58:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further to show that the high vibrational energy actually becomes counterproductive and detrimental to achieving a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that are similar to &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ghghg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732729</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732729"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:57:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that lead to a reactive trajectory. The high vibrational energy of the diatomic H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule causes it to rattle from side to side near the entrance channel, but still manages to have enough energy to surmount the barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Conversely, this plot shows a case where having too high vibrational energy in H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule leads to an unreactive trajectory. Polanyi rules predicted that having a reactant vibrational energy far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for reaction, but this plot goes a step further and shows that the high vibrational energy becomes counterproductive and works against getting a reactive trajectory.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|This plot shows a set of initial conditions that are similar to &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ghghg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732647</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732647"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:39:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plots for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ghghg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ghghg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ghghg &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ghghg&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732643</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732643"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:38:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pFH%3D-0.8,pHH%3D0.1).png&amp;diff=732641</id>
		<title>File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.8,pHH=0.1).png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pFH%3D-0.8,pHH%3D0.1).png&amp;diff=732641"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:38:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pFH%3D-0.5,pHH%3D0.1).png&amp;diff=732638</id>
		<title>File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=0.1).png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pFH%3D-0.5,pHH%3D0.1).png&amp;diff=732638"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:38:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pAB%3D-0.5,pBC%3D-3).png&amp;diff=732636</id>
		<title>File:Al7215 Contour plot (pAB=-0.5,pBC=-3).png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pAB%3D-0.5,pBC%3D-3).png&amp;diff=732636"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:37:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pFH%3D-0.5,pHH%3D1.5).png&amp;diff=732632</id>
		<title>File:Al7215 Contour plot (pFH=-0.5,pHH=1.5).png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Contour_plot_(pFH%3D-0.5,pHH%3D1.5).png&amp;diff=732632"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:36:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732628</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732628"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:36:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction with varying initial conditions&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732387</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732387"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:08:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Due to the conservation of energy, the gain in vibrational energy of HF molecule means a loss in translational energy of the departing H atom. Thus, H atom absorbs the remainder energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732286</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732286"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:50:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) are constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732284</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732284"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:49:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the reaction has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) is constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732281</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732281"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:49:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (blue line) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (orange line) is constant (i.e. there are no oscillations and the the three atoms are stationary)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732254</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732254"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:45:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732247</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732247"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:45:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at the following Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732236</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732236"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:44:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732234</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732234"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:44:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at approximate transition state position (Dynamics: 1000 steps).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732229</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732229"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:43:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Internulcear_distance_vs_time_at_r%3D0.7448,1.8108.png&amp;diff=732225</id>
		<title>File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.7448,1.8108.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Al7215_Internulcear_distance_vs_time_at_r%3D0.7448,1.8108.png&amp;diff=732225"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:42:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732212</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732212"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:40:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&amp;#039; Postulate */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7448&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8108&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732004</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732004"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:06:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below:&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732001</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=732001"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:06:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will now explore how Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules can be applied to the following plots shown below&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731993</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731993"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:05:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731989</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731989"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:04:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731981</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731981"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:04:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:[1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731977</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731977"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:03:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Polanyi Empirical Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out an extensive series of calculations on potential surfaces, Polanyi identified the position of transition state as key to understanding the efficiency of the reaction as well as the energy distribution of its reaction products. Polanyi&#039;s celebrated set of rules can be summarised as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Efficiency of reaction&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational energy is most effective for a reaction which has an &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state near the entrance channel, whereas reactant vibrational energy that is far in excess of the barrier height may be ineffective for the reaction. Conversely, a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; barrier is best surmounted by vibrational rather than translational energy in the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Energy distribution of products&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; transition state generally favours vibrational excitation of the product while a &amp;quot;late&amp;quot; transition state tends to lead to a low product vibrational excitation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731748</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731748"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:28:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS) using Hammonds&#039; Postulate====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731697</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731697"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:21:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS)====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is indeed in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731692</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731692"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:20:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS)====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731688</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731688"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:20:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS)====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence is one analytical method that can help to experimentally verify whether the resultant HF molecule is in a vibrationally excited state. If the excitation of HF is primarily vibrational, its radiation will appear in the infrared region of the spectrum between 3 to 15 µm. This technique has been widely used for hydrogen-halogen reactions, producing HX molecules in excited (v, J) states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731589</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731589"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:03:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS)====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing translational kinetic energy, approaches a largely non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossings at the transition state, the new HF molecule emerges at a vibrationally excited state with some vibrational energy. This can be seen from the large sinusoidal oscillations of HF molecule in the Inter-Nuclear Momenta vs Time plot. Consequently, H atom absorbs the remainder kinetic energy and moves away from HF molecule through a purely translational motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731520</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731520"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T12:52:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS)====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing a large translational kinetic energy, approaches a non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision and after several barrier recrossing at the transition state, the new HF molecule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731515</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731515"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T12:50:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS)====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above plots, A is the Fluorine atom while BC is H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. The mechanism of release of reaction energy is as such: Fluorine, possessing a large translational kinetic energy, approaches a non-vibrating H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Upon collision, the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731476</id>
		<title>MRD:al7215</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:al7215&amp;diff=731476"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T12:43:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Al7215: /* Mechanism of release of Reaction energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system==&lt;br /&gt;
===Dynamics from the transition state region===&lt;br /&gt;
At the minimum and transition structures, both the gradient of the potential energy surface is zero perpendicular to the reaction path, i.e. ∂V/∂s=0 (where s is perpendicular to the reaction path). However, the minima and transition structures can be distinguished by looking at the second derivative of the reaction path. This is as the transition structure is maximum along the reaction path (∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/∂r&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;lt; 0), whereas the minima is still a minima along the reaction path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the Transition State===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 Internulcear distance vs time at r=0.9074.png|thumb|400px|none|Internuclear Distances vs Time plot at estimated transition state position (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, there will not be any oscillations at the transition state if the trajectory starts off with zero initial momentum since the ridge is flat. Moreover, since we are only estimating the transition state position, we would want to find a position where there are little/ no oscillations. Thus, the best estimate of the transition state position is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.9074 as there exists almost no oscillations (evident from the above Internuclear Distances vs Time plot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculation of Reaction Path using MEP and Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|MEP vs Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 MEP surface (100,000 steps).png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 dynamic surface2.png|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Minimum Energy Path (MEP) corresponds to the trajectory of minimal energy taken by the reactants as they transition to the products. As the the velocity always resets to zero at every step, MEP will be directed by the gradient of the potential well instead of the velocity of the molecules. It is an ideal trajectory that simply follows the valley floor to the reaction&#039;s end state and only allows for translational motion. Conversely, Dynamics reaction path is the actual trajectory taken by the molecules. In this example, there is a deviation of the actual trajectory (dynamics) from MEP as the acceleration after the transition state allows for the actual trajectory to climb up the side of the potential well and have oscillatory motion as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Total Energy&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;Trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Plot&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.25&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-99.018&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;| Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.25, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The trajectory starts off at the position marked X. The high momentum of C means that that the translational energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) is high and there is sufficient kinetic motion for motion along BC to overcome the activation barrier, leading to a reactive trajectory. The acceleration after passing the transition state subsequently allows the trajectory to climb to the side of the potential and initiate a B-C vibration. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-100.455&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|In comparison to the previous example, this example has a reactant diatomic (AB) with a higher vibrational excitation(E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) but a lower C momentum, thereby lower E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The translational kinetic energy is unable to overcome the activation barrier, thus making it an unreactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-1.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-98.955&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-1.5, p2=-2.5).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Similar to the first example, there is enough translational kinetic energy to surmount the activation barrier and lead to a reactive trajectory. Moreover, a slight difference is that C is now approaching a vibrating AB molecule, instead of a non-vibrating one (as in case 1).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.0&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-84.954&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Unreactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.0).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot shows a trajectory which passes the transition state and reflects off the potential well, causing it to recross the barrier and return to the reactant channel at a higher vibrational state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-2.5&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-5.2&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|-83.414&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Reactive&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 contour plot (p1=-2.5, p2=-5.2).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This plot also shows a trajectory which undergoes barrier recrossing, transitioning between the reactant and product states. Moreover, the trajectory eventually channels into the product side and at a higher vibrational state. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Assumptions of Transition State Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of Transition State Theory (TST) are as such:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Electronic and nuclear motions can be separated and treated independently, just like the Born-Oppenheimer approximation for wavefunctions in quantum mechanics;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution determines how the reactant molecules are distributed among the various states;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Molecular systems can cross the transition state once, and only in the direction from reactants to products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the transition state, the translational motion can be treated classically and separated from other motions along the reaction coordinate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values usually overestimate experimental values. This is as TST assumes that trajectories cannot recross the transition state, but if they do like in some cases, each of such crossing will be treated as an independent trajectory. So for instance, if there are 8 crossings of the saddle point (transition state) in the direction from reactant to products, the theory will count all of them as independent trajectories contributing to the reactive flux.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In reality, it might be that only two out of the eight trajectories reached the product side. Thus the rate constant predicted by TST would have been four times larger than the actual rate constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, assumption 3 is still quite a good approximation for molecular systems dealing with thermal reactants with a barrier that is much higher than the thermal energy.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is as once the barrier has been crossed, it is unlikely that the motion downhill to the products will reverse upon itself.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Thus, TST works best at ordinary temperatures when, due to the Boltzmann factor, there is little excess energy available for barrier to be recrossed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2005&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==F - H - H system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Energy Surface (PES) Inspection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Energetics and Bond Strength====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters (F-H-H system).png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evident from the table of values and the plot below, it can be noted that F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is an exothermic reaction. The system moves from a higher energy reactant state to a lower energy product state, releasing about 30 kcal/mol of energy during this transition. This also shows that H-F has a greater bond strength than H-H bond as the energy gained from the formation of one H-F bond more than compensates for the energy lost in breaking one H-H bond. This postulation is supported by literature, with the bond dissociation energies of H-F and H-H bond being 5.869 eV and 4.478 eV respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase, Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly, H + HF is an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 surface plot of F +H2 reaction.png|thumb|400px|none|Potential Energy Surface of F-H-H system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locating the Approximate Position of Transition State (TS)====&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s Postulate states that the transition state will most closely resemble to the reactants or products that has the closest energy to it. For an exothermic reaction, the transition state will resemble the reactants, with the system having an early transition state. Additionally, unlike the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system previously considered, the PES of F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system is highly asymmetric, so r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is not equal to r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state, but will be largely different. After testing out some initial conditions (in particular varying r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; in the region of 1.7-2.3 as the system has an early TS), the approximate position of transition state is as follows: &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.7400&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.8136&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. These values can be validated by looking at its corresponding Internuclear Distances vs Time Plot and observing that there are no oscillations at that approximate TS position&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Activation Energy of Forward and Backward reactions====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Activation Energy Calculations using MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of left slope2 (with values).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 activation energy of right slope (with values).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy (E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) of the forward (F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and backward reaction (H + HF) can be calculated using MEP. Generally, this is done by slightly perturbing the system slightly to the left or right from the approximate transition state position so that the trajectory will follow the path of minimal energy and ultimately reach the valley floor of the reactant or product after a sufficient number of MEP steps. The energy at t=0 is the energy of the transition state while the energy at the very end is the energy of either the reactants or products state. Activation energy is thus the energy gap between energy at t=0 and t=N (where N is the time in which the last MEP step is completed). From the two plots, it can be noted that &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.255 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 30.194 kcal/mol&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; for H + HF reaction. MEP of the H + HF reaction was calculated using 100,000 steps, but in reality, much less steps is needed as the product floor is reached slightly after 100s. In contrast, the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction took about 500,000 MEP steps to reach the reactant valley floor, and even then, the valley floor obtained is not entirely flat. The reason for this is that the trajectory followed a very gentle gradient due to the closeness in energy between the transition state and reactant states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reaction Dynamics===&lt;br /&gt;
====Mechanism of release of Reaction energy====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Al7215 parameters for reactive trajectory (F-H-H system).png|thumb|800px|none|One set of parameters that lead to a reactive trajectory in a F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot;|Plots of a Reactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear momenta vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Al7215 Internuclear distance vs time plot (F-H-H system).png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Polanyi Empirical Rules====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Al7215</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>